Fix Luminary FT2232 layout docs/configs
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun:
156
157 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
158
159
160 @node Developers
161 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
162 @cindex developers
163
164 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
165 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
166 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
167 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
168
169 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
170 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
171
172 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
173
174 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
175 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
176
177 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
178
179 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
180
181 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
182
183 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
184 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
185 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
186 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
187 needing a GIT client:
188
189 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
190
191 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
192
193 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
194 from the repository or a snapshot.
195
196 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
197 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
198 Patches created against older versions may require additional
199 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
200
201 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
202
203 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
204 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
205 technical information about the software internals, development
206 processes, and similar documentation:
207
208 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
209
210 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
211 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
212 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
213
214 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
215
216 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
217 communication between developers:
218
219 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
220
221 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
222 The @file{PATCHES} file contains basic information about how
223 to prepare patches.
224
225
226 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
227 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
228 @cindex dongles
229 @cindex FTDI
230 @cindex wiggler
231 @cindex zy1000
232 @cindex printer port
233 @cindex USB Adapter
234 @cindex RTCK
235
236 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
237 an adapter .... [snip]
238
239 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
240 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
241 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
242 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
243 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
244 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
245 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
246
247
248 @section Choosing a Dongle
249
250 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
251
252 @enumerate
253 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
254 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
255 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
256 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
257 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
258 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
259 Ethernet port needed?
260 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
261 @end enumerate
262
263 @section Stand alone Systems
264
265 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
266 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
267 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
268 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
269 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
270
271 @section USB FT2232 Based
272
273 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
274 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
275 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
276 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
277 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
278 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
279
280 @itemize @bullet
281 @item @b{usbjtag}
282 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
283 @item @b{jtagkey}
284 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
285 @item @b{jtagkey2}
286 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
287 @item @b{oocdlink}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
289 @item @b{signalyzer}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
291 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
293 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
294 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
295 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
296 disabling the Stellaris chip.
297 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
298 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
299 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
300 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
301 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
302 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
304 @item @b{flyswatter}
305 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
306 @item @b{turtelizer2}
307 @* See:
308 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
309 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
310 @item @b{comstick}
311 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
312 @item @b{stm32stick}
313 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
314 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
315 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
316 @item @b{cortino}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
318 @end itemize
319
320 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
321
322 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
323 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
324 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
325 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
326 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
327
328 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
329 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
330 (see the section on driver commands).
331
332 @itemize
333 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
334 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
335 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
336 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
337 @end itemize
338
339 @section USB JLINK based
340 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
341 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
342 AT91SAM764 internally.
343
344 @itemize @bullet
345 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
346 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
347 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
348 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
349 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
351 @end itemize
352
353 @section USB RLINK based
354 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
355
356 @itemize @bullet
357 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
358 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
359 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
360 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
361 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
363 @end itemize
364
365 @section USB Other
366 @itemize @bullet
367 @item @b{USBprog}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
369
370 @item @b{USB - Presto}
371 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
372
373 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
374 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
375
376 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
377 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
378 @end itemize
379
380 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
381
382 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
383 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
384 these on the market.
385
386 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
387 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
388 of USB-based ones.
389
390 @itemize @bullet
391
392 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
394
395 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
396 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
397 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
398
399 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
400 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
401
402 @item @b{GW16402}
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
404
405 @item @b{Wiggler2}
406 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
407 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
410 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
411
412 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
413 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
414
415 @item @b{arm-jtag}
416 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
417
418 @item @b{chameleon}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
420
421 @item @b{Triton}
422 @* Unknown.
423
424 @item @b{Lattice}
425 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
426 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
427
428 @item @b{flashlink}
429 @* From ST Microsystems;
430 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
431 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
432
433 @end itemize
434
435 @section Other...
436 @itemize @bullet
437
438 @item @b{ep93xx}
439 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
440
441 @item @b{at91rm9200}
442 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @node About JIM-Tcl
447 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
448 @cindex JIM Tcl
449 @cindex tcl
450
451 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
452 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
453 command interpreter.
454
455 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
456 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
457 much of anything about Tcl.
458 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
459
460 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
461
462 @itemize @bullet
463 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
464 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
465 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
466 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
467 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
468 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
469
470 @item @b{Missing Features}
471 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
472 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
473
474 @item @b{Scripts}
475 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
476 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
477 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
478
479 @item @b{Commands}
480 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
481 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
482 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
483 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
484
485 @item @b{Historical Note}
486 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
487
488 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
489 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
490 @end itemize
491
492 @node Running
493 @chapter Running
494 @cindex command line options
495 @cindex logfile
496 @cindex directory search
497
498 The @option{--help} option shows:
499 @verbatim
500 bash$ openocd --help
501
502 --help | -h display this help
503 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
504 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
505 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
506 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
507 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
508 --command | -c run <command>
509 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
510 @end verbatim
511
512 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
513 To specify a different (or multiple)
514 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
515
516 @example
517 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
518 @end example
519
520 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
521 @enumerate
522 @item the current directory,
523 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
524 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
525 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
526 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
527 @end enumerate
528 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
529
530 @section Simple setup, no customization
531
532 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
533 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
534 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
535 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
536 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
537
538 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
539 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
540 the server like:
541
542 @example
543 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
544 @end example
545
546 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
547 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
548 If all goes well you'll see output something like
549
550 @example
551 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
552 For bug reports, read
553 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
554 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
555 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
556 @end example
557
558 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
559 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
560 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
561
562 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
563
564 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
565 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
566 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
567 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
568 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
569 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
570 ensure that this always succeeds.
571 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
572 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
573 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
574 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
575
576 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
577 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
578 those channels.
579
580 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
581 the @option{-d} option.
582
583 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
584 @option{-c} command line switch.
585
586 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
587 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
588 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
589 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
590 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
591 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
592 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
593
594 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
595 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
596
597 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
598
599 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
600 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
601 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
602 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
603
604 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
605 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
606
607 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
608 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
609 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
610 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
611 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
612 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
613 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
614
615 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
616
617 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
618 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
619 and a USB cable on the other.
620 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
621 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
622
623 @enumerate
624 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
625 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
626 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
627 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
628 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
629 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
630 debugging host.
631
632 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
633 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
634 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
635 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
636 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
637
638 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
639 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
640 with 1.2 Volt boards.
641
642 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
643 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
644 ways to connect the cable.
645 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
646 Be sure it's firmly connected.
647
648 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
649 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
650 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
651 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
652 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
653 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
654 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
655 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
656
657 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
658 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
659 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
660 but are tedious to set up.
661 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
662 adapter signals to the right board pins.
663
664 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
665 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
666 you are using to run OpenOCD.
667 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
668
669 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
670 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
671 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
672
673 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
674 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
675 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
676
677 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
678 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
679 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
680 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
681
682 @end enumerate
683
684 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
685 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
686 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
687
688 @section Project Directory
689
690 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
691
692 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
693 single directory for your work with a given board.
694 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
695 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
696 files accessed through semihosting,
697 and for code you upload to the target board.
698 It is also the natural place to write files,
699 such as log files and data you download from the board.
700
701 @section Configuration Basics
702
703 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
704 a variety of ways you can mix them.
705 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
706
707 @itemize
708 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
709 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
710 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
711 @end itemize
712
713 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
714 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
715 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
716
717 @example
718 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
719
720 # GDB can also flash my flash!
721 gdb_memory_map enable
722 gdb_flash_program enable
723
724 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
725 @end example
726
727 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
728
729 @example
730 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
731 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
732 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
733 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
734 @end example
735
736 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
737 each supporting a different development task.
738 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
739 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
740
741 @quotation Important
742 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
743 problems with how it treats variables.
744 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
745 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
746 that can be tested in a later script.
747 @end quotation
748
749 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
750 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
751 to simplify your work.
752
753 @section User Config Files
754 @cindex config file, user
755 @cindex user config file
756 @cindex config file, overview
757
758 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
759 in one place.
760 One of the following will match your situation best:
761
762 @itemize
763 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
764 provided by someone else.
765 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
766 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
767 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
768 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
769 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
770 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
771
772 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
773 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
774
775 @enumerate
776 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
777 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
778 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
779 @end enumerate
780
781 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
782 The first is an interface config file.
783 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
784 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
785 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
786 meet your deadline:
787
788 @example
789 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
790 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
791 @end example
792
793 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
794 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
795 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
796 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
797
798 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
799 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
800 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
801 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
802 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
803 @xref{Autoprobing}.
804
805 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
806 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
807 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
808 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
809
810 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
811 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
812 giving access to your particular flash chips.
813 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
814 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
815
816 @quotation Note
817 When you write new configuration files, please submit
818 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
819 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
820 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
821 will help support users of any board using that chip.
822 @end quotation
823
824 @item
825 You may may need to write some C code.
826 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
827 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
828 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
829 a new chip architecture.
830 @end itemize
831
832 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
833 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
834 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
835
836 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
837 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
838 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
839 @itemize
840
841 @item
842 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
843 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
844 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
845 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
846
847 @item
848 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
849 @cindex vector_catch
850 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
851 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
852 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
853 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
854 along with messaging and tracing setup.
855 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
856
857 @item
858 You might need to override some defaults.
859 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
860 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
861
862 @item
863 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
864 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
865 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
866 @end itemize
867
868 @section Project-Specific Utilities
869
870 A few project-specific utility
871 routines may well speed up your work.
872 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
873
874 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
875 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
876 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
877 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
878 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
879 may help:
880
881 @example
882 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
883 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
884 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
885 # Leave the CPU halted.
886 reset init
887
888 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
889 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
890
891 # Start running.
892 resume 0x20000000
893 @}
894 @end example
895
896 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
897 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
898 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
899 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
900 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
901
902 @example
903 proc newboot @{ @} @{
904 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
905 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
906 # "reset halt" would be slower.
907 reset init
908
909 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
910 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
911 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
912 flash protect 0 0 1 off
913 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
914 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
915 flash protect 0 0 1 on
916
917 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
918 reset run
919 @}
920 @end example
921
922 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
923 from NAND.
924 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
925 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
926 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
927
928 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
929 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
930
931 @section Target Software Changes
932
933 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
934 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
935 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
936 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
937 handling issues like:
938
939 @itemize @bullet
940
941 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
942 @cindex ARM semihosting
943 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
944 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
945 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
946 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
947 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
948 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
949 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
950 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
951 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
952 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
953 NAND or SPI flash.
954
955 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
956 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
957 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
958 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
959 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
960
961 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
962 or otherwise prevent using that state,
963 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
964 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
965 work for an idle processor otherwise.
966
967 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
968 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
969 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
970 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
971 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
972
973 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
974 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
975 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
976 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
977 early code execution can be debugged
978 or firmware can be replaced.
979
980 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
981 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
982 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
983 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
984 operations like writing to memory.)
985
986 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
987 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
988 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
989 various kinds of message.
990 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
991
992 @end itemize
993
994 @node Config File Guidelines
995 @chapter Config File Guidelines
996
997 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
998 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
999 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1000 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1001
1002 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1003 with files including the ones listed here.
1004 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1005 @itemize @bullet
1006 @item @file{interface} ...
1007 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1008 @example
1009 $ ls interface
1010 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1011 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1012 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1013 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1014 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1015 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1016 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1017 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1018 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1019 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1020 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1021 $
1022 @end example
1023 @item @file{board} ...
1024 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1025 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1026 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1027 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1028 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1029 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1030 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1031 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1032 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1033 a CPU and an FPGA.
1034 @example
1035 $ ls board
1036 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1037 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1038 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1039 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1040 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1041 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1042 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1043 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1044 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1045 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1046 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1047 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1048 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1049 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1050 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1051 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1052 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1053 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1054 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1055 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1056 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1057 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1058 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1059 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1060 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1061 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1062 $
1063 @end example
1064 @item @file{target} ...
1065 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1066 on a chip
1067 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1068 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1069 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1070 the target config file defines all of them.
1071 @example
1072 $ ls target
1073 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1074 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1075 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1076 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1077 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1078 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1079 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1080 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1081 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1082 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1083 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1084 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1085 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1086 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1087 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1088 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1089 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1090 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1091 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1092 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1093 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1094 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1095 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1096 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1097 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1098 $
1099 @end example
1100 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1101 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1102 @end itemize
1103
1104 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1105 file may override features in any of the above files by
1106 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1107 commands specific to their situation.
1108
1109 @section Interface Config Files
1110
1111 The user config file
1112 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1113
1114 @example
1115 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1116 @end example
1117
1118 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1119 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1120 sole developer who created it.
1121
1122 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1123 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1124 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1125 and need to provide a driver for it.
1126
1127 @section Board Config Files
1128 @cindex config file, board
1129 @cindex board config file
1130
1131 The user config file
1132 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1133
1134 @example
1135 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1136 @end example
1137
1138 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1139 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1140 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1141
1142 @enumerate
1143 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1144 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1145 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1146 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1147 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1148 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1149 @end enumerate
1150
1151 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1152 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1153 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1154 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1155
1156 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1157 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1158 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1159 configuration works.
1160
1161 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1162
1163 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1164 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1165 convention on how to use certain variables.
1166
1167 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1168 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1169 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1170 used at will within a target configuration file.
1171
1172 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1173 for a board with three chips:
1174
1175 @example
1176 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1177 set CHIPNAME network
1178 set ENDIAN big
1179 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1180 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1181 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1182 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1183
1184 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1185 set CHIPNAME video
1186 set ENDIAN little
1187 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1188 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1189 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1190 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1191
1192 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1193 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1194 unset ENDIAN
1195 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1196 @end example
1197
1198 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1199 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1200 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1201 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1202 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1203 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1204 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1205 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1206
1207 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1208 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1209 naming collisions.
1210
1211 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1212 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1213 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1214 up other clocks and peripherals.
1215
1216 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1217 @cindex variable names
1218
1219 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1220 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1221 one such chip (as shown above).
1222 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1223 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1224 to promote consistency and
1225 so that board files can override target defaults.
1226
1227 Inputs to target config files include:
1228
1229 @itemize @bullet
1230 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1231 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1232 tap identifier dotted names.
1233 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1234 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1235 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1236 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1237 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1238 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1239 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1240 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1241 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1242 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1243 @end itemize
1244
1245 Outputs from target config files include:
1246
1247 @itemize @bullet
1248 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1249 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1250 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1251 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1252 specific to that board and that target.
1253 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1254 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1255 @end itemize
1256
1257 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1258 @cindex event, reset-init
1259 @cindex reset-init handler
1260
1261 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1262 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1263 fully set up yet.
1264 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1265 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1266 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1267 handler is one of the most important.
1268
1269 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1270 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1271 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1272 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1273 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1274
1275 @quotation Note
1276 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1277 are included here.
1278 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1279 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1280 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1281 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1282 @end quotation
1283
1284 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1285 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1286 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1287 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1288 those as parameters.
1289 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1290 and disabling the watchdog.
1291 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1292 the next developer doing such work.
1293 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1294
1295 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1296 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1297 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1298 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1299
1300 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1301
1302 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1303 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1304 a low JTAG clock rate.
1305 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1306 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1307 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1308 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1309 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1310 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1311 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1312
1313 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1314 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1315 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1316 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1317 which might be less than that.
1318
1319 @quotation Warning
1320 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1321 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1322 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1323 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1324 @end quotation
1325
1326 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1327 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1328 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1329 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1330 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1331
1332 @section Target Config Files
1333 @cindex config file, target
1334 @cindex target config file
1335
1336 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1337 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1338 more target config files like this:
1339
1340 @example
1341 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1342 @end example
1343
1344 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1345 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1346 In summary the target files should contain
1347
1348 @enumerate
1349 @item Set defaults
1350 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1351 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1352 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1353 @item On-Chip flash
1354 @end enumerate
1355
1356 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1357 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1358 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1359
1360 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1361 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1362 can talk to the chip.
1363 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1364 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1365 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1366 and other processing engines.
1367
1368 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1369
1370 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1371 letting board config files express environment-specific
1372 differences in how things should be set up.
1373
1374 @example
1375 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1376 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1377 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1378 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1379 @} else @{
1380 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1381 @}
1382
1383 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1384 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1385 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1386 @} else @{
1387 set _ENDIAN little
1388 @}
1389
1390 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1391 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1392 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1393 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1394 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1395 @} else @{
1396 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1397 @}
1398 @end example
1399 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1400
1401 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1402 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1403 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1404
1405 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1406 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1407 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1408
1409 @example
1410 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1411 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1412 @end example
1413
1414 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1415 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1416 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1417 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1418 for taps.
1419
1420 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1421 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1422 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1423 looks (in part) like this:
1424
1425 @example
1426 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1427 @end example
1428
1429 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1430 to source such a config file twice, with different
1431 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1432 it adds a different TAP each time.
1433
1434 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1435 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1436 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1437 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1438
1439 @example
1440 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1441 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1442 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1443 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1444 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1445 @end example
1446
1447 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1448 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1449
1450 @itemize
1451 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1452 plus a JRC to enable them
1453 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1454 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1455 is not currently used)
1456 @end itemize
1457
1458 @subsection Add CPU targets
1459
1460 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1461 GDB and other commands can use it.
1462 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1463 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1464 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1465 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1466
1467 @example
1468 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1469 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1470 @end example
1471
1472 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1473 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1474 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1475 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1476 a work area if you can.
1477 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1478
1479 @example
1480 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1481 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1482 @end example
1483
1484 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1485
1486 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1487 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1488 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1489
1490 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1491 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1492 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1493 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1494 both signals.
1495
1496 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1497 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1498 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1499 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1500 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1501 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1502 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1503 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1504 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1505 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1506 not available.)
1507
1508 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1509 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1510 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1511 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1512 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1513 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1514 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1515 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1516
1517 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1518 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1519 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1520 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1521 slower clock than they will use later.
1522 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1523 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1524 than they will use later.
1525 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1526
1527 @quotation Important
1528 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1529 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1530 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1531 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1532 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1533 @end quotation
1534
1535 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1536
1537 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1538 special high speed download features - enable it.
1539
1540 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1541
1542 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1543 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1544 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1545 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1546 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1547 If you are using an external trace port,
1548 configure it in your board config file.
1549 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1550 configure it in your target config file.
1551
1552 @example
1553 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1554 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1555 @end example
1556
1557 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1558
1559 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1560
1561 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1562 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1563 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1564 the TARGET (chip) file.
1565
1566 Examples:
1567 @itemize @bullet
1568 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1569 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1570 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1571 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1572 @end itemize
1573
1574 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1575 @section Translating Configuration Files
1576 @cindex translation
1577 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1578 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1579 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1580 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1581 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1582 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1583
1584 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1585 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1586 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1587 convert other scripts later on.
1588
1589 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1590 replace job:
1591
1592 @example
1593 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1594 #
1595 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1596 #
1597 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1598 #
1599 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1600
1601 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1602 global TARGETNAME
1603
1604 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1605
1606 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1607 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1608 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1609 @}
1610 @end example
1611
1612
1613
1614 @node Daemon Configuration
1615 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1616 @cindex initialization
1617 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1618 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1619 supported.
1620
1621 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1622 @section Configuration Stage
1623 @cindex configuration stage
1624 @cindex config command
1625
1626 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1627 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1628 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1629 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1630 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1631 which may be issued interactively.
1632
1633 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1634 flash banks,
1635 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1636 and other basic setup.
1637 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1638 may access or activate TAPs.
1639 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1640 longer be issued.
1641
1642 @section Entering the Run Stage
1643
1644 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1645 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1646 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1647 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1648 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1649 You should see no errors at this point.
1650 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1651 commands you used to configure the server.
1652 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1653 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1654 on the scan chain.
1655
1656 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1657 become available.
1658 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1659 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1660 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1661 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1662 entry to the run stage.
1663
1664 @deffn {Config Command} init
1665 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1666 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1667 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1668 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1669 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1670 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1671
1672 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1673 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1674 configuration files and/or command line options.
1675
1676 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1677 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1678 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1679 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1680 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1681 @end deffn
1682
1683 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1684 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1685 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1686
1687 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1688 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1689 scan chain.
1690 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1691 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1692
1693 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1694 they return.
1695 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1696 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1697 @end deffn
1698
1699 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1700 @section TCP/IP Ports
1701 @cindex TCP port
1702 @cindex server
1703 @cindex port
1704 @cindex security
1705 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1706 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1707 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1708
1709 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1710 access using one or more of these ports.
1711 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1712 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1713 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1714
1715 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1716 @cindex GDB server
1717 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1718 The GDB port for the
1719 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1720 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1721 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1722 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1723 @end deffn
1724
1725 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1726 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1727 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1728 output from the Tcl engine.
1729 Intended as a machine interface.
1730 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1731 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1732 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1733 @end deffn
1734
1735 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1736 Specify or query the
1737 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1738 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1739 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1740 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1741 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1742 @end deffn
1743
1744 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1745 @section GDB Configuration
1746 @cindex GDB
1747 @cindex GDB configuration
1748 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1749 The ones listed here are static and global.
1750 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1751 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1752
1753 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1754 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1755 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1756 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1757 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1758 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1759 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1760 @end deffn
1761
1762 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1763 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1764 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1765 vFlash packet is received.
1766 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1767 @end deffn
1768
1769 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1770 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1771 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1772 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1773 for flash programming to work.
1774 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1775 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1776 @end deffn
1777
1778 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1779 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1780 by GDB memory read packets.
1781 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1782 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1783 @end deffn
1784
1785 @anchor{Event Polling}
1786 @section Event Polling
1787
1788 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1789 where significant events can happen at any time.
1790 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1791 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1792 or to GDB.
1793
1794 Examples of such events include:
1795
1796 @itemize
1797 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1798 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1799 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1800 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1801 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1802 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1803 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1804 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1805 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1806 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1807 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1808 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1809 @end itemize
1810
1811 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1812 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1813 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1814 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1815 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1816
1817 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1818 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1819 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1820 to the various active targets.
1821 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1822 which is normally done in the background.
1823
1824 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1825 Poll the current target for its current state.
1826 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1827 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1828 specific information about the current state is printed.
1829 An optional parameter
1830 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1831
1832 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1833 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1834 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1835 @example
1836 > poll
1837 background polling: on
1838 target state: halted
1839 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1840 current mode: Supervisor
1841 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1842 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1843 >
1844 @end example
1845 @end deffn
1846
1847 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1848 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1849 @cindex config file, interface
1850 @cindex interface config file
1851
1852 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1853 through commands in an interface configuration
1854 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1855 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1856
1857 @example
1858 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1859 @end example
1860
1861 These commands tell
1862 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1863 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1864
1865 @example
1866 # jlink interface
1867 interface jlink
1868 @end example
1869
1870 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1871
1872
1873 @section Interface Configuration
1874
1875 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1876 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1877 more additional commands.
1878
1879 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1880 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1881 target.
1882 @end deffn
1883
1884 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1885 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1886 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1887 @end deffn
1888
1889 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1890 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1891 @end deffn
1892
1893 @section Interface Drivers
1894
1895 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1896 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1897 available at run time.
1898
1899 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1900 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1901 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1902 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1903
1904 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1905 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1906 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1907 @end deffn
1908
1909 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1910 Displays status of RTCK option.
1911 Optionally sets that option first.
1912 @end deffn
1913 @end deffn
1914
1915 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1916 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1917 This has one driver-specific command:
1918
1919 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1920 Logs some status
1921 @end deffn
1922 @end deffn
1923
1924 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1925 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1926 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1927 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1928 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1929 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1930 @end deffn
1931
1932 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1933 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1934 @end deffn
1935
1936 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1937 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1938 @end deffn
1939
1940 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1941 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1942 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1943 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1944
1945 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1946 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1947 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1948 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1949 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1950 @end deffn
1951
1952 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1953 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1954 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1955 is connected to the host.
1956 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1957 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1958 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1959 @end deffn
1960
1961 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1962 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1963 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1964 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1965 @itemize @minus
1966 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1967 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1968 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1969 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1970 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1971 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1972 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
1973 used only for older boards (before rev C).
1974 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
1975 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
1976 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
1977 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
1978 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1979 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1980 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1981 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1982 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1983 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1984 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1985 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1986 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1987 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1988 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1989 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1990 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
1991 @end itemize
1992 @end deffn
1993
1994 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
1995 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
1996 default values are used.
1997 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
1998 @example
1999 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2000 @end example
2001 @end deffn
2002
2003 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2004 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2005 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2006 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2007 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2008 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2009 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2010 @end deffn
2011
2012 For example, the interface config file for a
2013 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2014
2015 @example
2016 interface ft2232
2017 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2018 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2019 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2020 @end example
2021 @end deffn
2022
2023 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2024 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2025 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2026 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2027
2028 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2029 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2030 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2031 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2032 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2033 @end deffn
2034
2035 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2036 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2037 default values are used.
2038 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2039 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2040 @example
2041 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2042 @end example
2043 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2044 @example
2045 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2046 @end example
2047 @end deffn
2048
2049 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2050 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2051 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2052 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2053
2054 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2055 @example
2056 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2057 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2058 @end example
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @end deffn
2062
2063 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2064 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2065 This has one driver-specific command:
2066
2067 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2068 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2069 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2070 @end deffn
2071 @end deffn
2072
2073 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2074 Segger jlink USB adapter
2075 @c command: jlink_info
2076 @c dumps status
2077 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2078 @c sets version 2 or 3
2079 @end deffn
2080
2081 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2082 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2083 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2084 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2085 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2086
2087 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2088 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2089 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2090
2091 @itemize @minus
2092 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2093 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2094 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2095 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2096 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2097 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2098 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2099 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2100 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2101 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2102 some versions of
2103 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2104 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2105 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2106 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2107 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2108 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2109 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2110 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2111 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2112 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2113 @end itemize
2114 @end deffn
2115
2116 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2117 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
2118 the @file{/dev/parport} device
2119
2120 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2121 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2122 you may encounter a problem.
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2126 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2127 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2128 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2129 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2130 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2131
2132 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2133 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2134 @quotation Tip
2135 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2136 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2137 @example
2138 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2139 > jtag_khz 500
2140 @end example
2141 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2142 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2143 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2144 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2145 large set of samples.
2146 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2147 @example
2148 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2149 @end example
2150 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2151 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2152
2153 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2154 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2155 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2156 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2157 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2158 @end quotation
2159 @end deffn
2160
2161 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2162 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2163 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2164 @end deffn
2165
2166 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2167 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2168
2169 @example
2170 interface parport
2171 parport_port 0xc8b8
2172 parport_cable wiggler
2173 @end example
2174 @end deffn
2175
2176 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2177 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2178 @c command: presto_serial str
2179 @c sets serial number
2180 @end deffn
2181
2182 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2183 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2184 @end deffn
2185
2186 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2187 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2188 @end deffn
2189
2190 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2191 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2192
2193 @quotation Note
2194 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2195 which are not currently documented here.
2196 @end quotation
2197 @end deffn
2198
2199 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2200 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2201
2202 @quotation Note
2203 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2204 which are not currently documented here.
2205 @end quotation
2206
2207 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2208 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2209 No arguments: print status.
2210 @end deffn
2211
2212 @end deffn
2213
2214 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2215 @section JTAG Speed
2216 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2217 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2218 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2219 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2220 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2221 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2222 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2223 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2224 power management software that may be active.
2225
2226 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2227 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2228 target event handler.
2229 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2230 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2231 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2232 sets up those clocks).
2233 @xref{Target Events}.
2234 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2235 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2236 in the target config file.
2237 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2238 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2239 config file instead.
2240 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2241 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2242 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2243
2244 @example
2245 jtag_rclk 3000
2246 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2247 @end example
2248
2249 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2250 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2251 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2252 may not be the fastest solution.
2253
2254 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2255 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2256
2257 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2258 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2259 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2260 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2261 than the speed specified.
2262
2263 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2264 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2265 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2266 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2267
2268 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2269 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2270 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2271 JTAG clocking after setup.
2272 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2273 If the interface device can not
2274 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2278 @cindex adaptive clocking
2279 @cindex RTCK
2280 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2281 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2282 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2283 @example
2284 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2285 jtag_rclk 3000
2286 @end example
2287 @end defun
2288
2289 @node Reset Configuration
2290 @chapter Reset Configuration
2291 @cindex Reset Configuration
2292
2293 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2294 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2295 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2296 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2297 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2298 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2299 Please see the various board files for examples.
2300
2301 @quotation Note
2302 To maintainers and integrators:
2303 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2304 Normally the board configuration file
2305 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2306 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2307
2308 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2309 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2310 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2311 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2312 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2313 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2314 @end quotation
2315
2316 @section Types of Reset
2317
2318 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2319 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2320 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2321
2322 @itemize @bullet
2323 @item
2324 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2325 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2326 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2327 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2328 @item
2329 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2330 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2331 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2332 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2333 @item
2334 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2335 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2336 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2337 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2338 @item
2339 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2340 several other types of reset.
2341 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2342 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2343 There may be individual module resets.
2344 @end itemize
2345
2346 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2347 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2348 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2349 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2350 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2351 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2352 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2353 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2354 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2355
2356 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2357 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2358
2359 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2360 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2361 common issues are:
2362
2363 @itemize @bullet
2364
2365 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2366 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2367 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2368 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2369 when either of those signals is not connected.
2370 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2371 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2372 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2373 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2374
2375 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2376 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2377 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2378 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2379
2380 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2381 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2382 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2383 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2384 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2385 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2386 hardware debouncing.
2387 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2388 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2389
2390 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2391 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2392 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2393 to use push/pull output drivers.
2394 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2395 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2396 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2397 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2398
2399 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2400 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2401 issues (not limited to errata).
2402 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2403 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2404 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2405 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2406 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2407 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2408 @end itemize
2409
2410 There can also be other issues.
2411 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2412 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2413 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2414 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2415 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2416 Agreement (NDA).
2417
2418 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2419 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2420 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2421
2422 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2423 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2424
2425 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2426
2427 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2428 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2429 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2430 allowing it to be deasserted.
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2434 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2435 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2436 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2437 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2438 @end deffn
2439
2440 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2441 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2442 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2443 allowing it to be deasserted.
2444 @end deffn
2445
2446 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2447 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2448 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2449 @end deffn
2450
2451 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2452 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2453 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2454 configuration scripts.
2455
2456 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2457 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2458 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2459 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2460 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2461 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2462 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2463 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2464
2465 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2466 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2467 @var{gates},
2468 @var{trst_type},
2469 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2470 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2471 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2472 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2473 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2474 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2475
2476 @itemize
2477 @item
2478 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2479 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2480 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2481 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2482 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2483
2484 @quotation Tip
2485 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2486 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2487 @end quotation
2488
2489 @item
2490 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2491 signal implementations.
2492 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2493 indicating everything behaves normally.
2494 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2495 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. Philips
2496 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2497 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2498 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2499 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2500 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2501
2502 @item
2503 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2504 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2505 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2506 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2507 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2508 while SRST is asserted.
2509 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2510 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2511 @end itemize
2512
2513 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2514 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2515 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2516 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2517 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2518
2519 @itemize
2520 @item
2521 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2522 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2523 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2524 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2525
2526 @item
2527 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2528 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2529 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2530 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2531 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2532 @end itemize
2533 @end deffn
2534
2535 @section Custom Reset Handling
2536 @cindex events
2537
2538 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2539 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2540 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2541 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2542 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2543 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2544
2545 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2546 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2547 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2548 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2549 want to reset everything at once.
2550
2551 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2552 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2553 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2554 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2555 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2556 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2557 needs special attention.
2558
2559 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2560 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2561 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2562 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2563 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2564 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2565 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2566 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2567
2568 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2569 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2570 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2571 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2572 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2573
2574 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2575 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2576 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2577 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2578 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2579 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2580 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2581 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2582 or potentially some other value.
2583
2584 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2585 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2586 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2587 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2588 (or their associated targets)
2589 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2590
2591 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2592 they return.
2593 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2594 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2595 @end deffn
2596
2597 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2598 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2599 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2600 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2601 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2602 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2603 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2604 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2605 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2606 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2607 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2608 @end deffn
2609
2610 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2611 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2612 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2613 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2614 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2615 @end deffn
2616
2617
2618 @node TAP Declaration
2619 @chapter TAP Declaration
2620 @cindex TAP declaration
2621 @cindex TAP configuration
2622
2623 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2624 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2625
2626 @itemize @bullet
2627 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2628 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2629 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2630 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2631 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2632 start running that code.
2633 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2634 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2635 and missing connections
2636 @end itemize
2637
2638 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2639 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2640 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2641 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2642 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2643
2644 @section Scan Chains
2645 @cindex scan chain
2646
2647 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2648 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2649 They also need to be added to
2650 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2651 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2652 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2653 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2654 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2655 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2656 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2657 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2658
2659 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2660 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2661 command, presented in the next chapter.
2662 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2663 debugging targets.)
2664 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2665
2666 @verbatim
2667 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2668 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2669 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2670 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2671 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2672 @end verbatim
2673
2674 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2675 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2676 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2677 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2678 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2679 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2680 until they are told to do so.
2681
2682 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2683 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2684 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2685 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2686
2687 @example
2688 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2689 @end example
2690
2691 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2692 by a given chip.
2693 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2694 and so forth.
2695 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2696 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2697 a single chip and between them.
2698 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2699
2700 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2701 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2702 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2703 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2704 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2705 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2706 includes commands something like this:
2707
2708 @example
2709 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2710 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2711 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2712 @end example
2713
2714 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2715 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2716 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2717
2718 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2719 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2720 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2721 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2722 @example
2723 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2724 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2725 @}
2726 @end example
2727 @end deffn
2728
2729 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2730 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2731 and their status.
2732 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2733 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2734 but systems with a JTAG router can
2735 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2739 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2740
2741 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2742 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2743
2744 @section TAP Names
2745 @cindex dotted name
2746
2747 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2748 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2749 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2750 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2751 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2752 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2753 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2754 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2755
2756 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2757 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2758 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2759
2760 @quotation Tip
2761 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2762 This feature is still present.
2763 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2764 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2765 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2766 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2767 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2768 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2769 @end quotation
2770
2771 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2772
2773 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2774 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2775 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2776 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2777 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2778
2779 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2780 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2781 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2782 overridable.
2783
2784 @cindex TAP naming convention
2785 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2786 and should follow this convention:
2787
2788 @itemize @bullet
2789 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2790 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2791 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2792 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2793 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2794 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2795 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2796 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2797 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2798 with a single TAP;
2799 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2800 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2801 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2802 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2803 @end itemize
2804
2805 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2806
2807 @itemize @bullet
2808 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2809 @*The length in bits of the
2810 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2811 @end itemize
2812
2813 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2814
2815 @itemize @bullet
2816 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2817 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2818 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2819 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2820 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2821 (the TAP is linked in).
2822 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2823 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2824 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2825 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2826 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2827 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2828 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2829 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2830 values that were found but not included in the list.
2831
2832 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2833 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2834 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2835 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2836 hardware to find these values.
2837 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2838 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2839 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2840 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2841 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2842 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2843 the various chip IDs.
2844 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2845 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2846 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2847 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2848 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2849 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2850 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2851 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2852 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2853 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2854 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2855 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2856 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2857 @end itemize
2858 @end deffn
2859
2860 @section Other TAP commands
2861
2862 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2863 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2864 At this writing this TAP attribute
2865 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2866 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2867 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2868 See the next section for information about the available events.
2869
2870 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2871 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2872 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2873 @end deffn
2874
2875 @anchor{TAP Events}
2876 @section TAP Events
2877 @cindex events
2878 @cindex TAP events
2879
2880 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2881 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2882 The other applies to debugger targets,
2883 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2884
2885 The TAP events currently defined are:
2886
2887 @itemize @bullet
2888 @item @b{post-reset}
2889 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2890 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2891 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2892 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2893 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2894
2895 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2896 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2897 of any particular target.
2898 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2899 @item @b{setup}
2900 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2901 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2902 @item @b{tap-disable}
2903 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2904 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2905 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2906 @item @b{tap-enable}
2907 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2908 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2909 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2910 @end itemize
2911
2912 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2913 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2914 contents to be accurate), you might:
2915
2916 @example
2917 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2918 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2919 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2920 @}
2921 @end example
2922
2923
2924 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2925 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2926 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2927 @cindex jrc
2928
2929 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2930 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2931 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2932 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2933 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2934
2935 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2936 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2937 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2938 be visible.
2939 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2940 ignores, such as:
2941
2942 @itemize
2943 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2944 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2945 TAPs receive new instructions.
2946 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2947 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2948 @end itemize
2949
2950 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2951 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2952 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2953 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2954
2955 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2956 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2957
2958 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2959 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2960 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2961 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2962 should define TAP event handlers using
2963 code that looks something like this:
2964
2965 @example
2966 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2967 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2968 @}
2969 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2970 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2971 @}
2972 @end example
2973
2974 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2975
2976 @example
2977 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2978 @end example
2979
2980 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2981 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2982 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2983 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2984
2985 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2986 If necessary, disables the tap
2987 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2988 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2989 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2990 and "0" if it is disabled.
2991 @end deffn
2992
2993 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
2994 If necessary, enables the tap
2995 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
2996 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2997 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2998 and "0" if it is disabled.
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3002 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3003 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3004 and "0" if it is disabled.
3005
3006 @quotation Note
3007 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3008 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3009 @end quotation
3010 @end deffn
3011
3012 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3013 @section Autoprobing
3014 @cindex autoprobe
3015 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3016
3017 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3018 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3019 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3020 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3021
3022 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3023 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3024 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3025 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3026 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3027 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3028 right when they come out of reset).
3029
3030 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3031
3032 @example
3033 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3034 reset_config trst_and_srst
3035 jtag_rclk 8
3036 @end example
3037
3038 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3039 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3040
3041 @enumerate
3042 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3043 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3044 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3045 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3046 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3047 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3048 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3049 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3050 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3051 that is discovered.
3052 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3053 register, it will report it.
3054 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3055 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3056 @end enumerate
3057
3058 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3059 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3060 that's a bit more complex:
3061
3062 @example
3063 clock speed 8 kHz
3064 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3065 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3066 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3067 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3068 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3069 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3070 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3071 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3072 @end example
3073
3074 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3075 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3076 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3077 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3078 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3079 and so forth.
3080
3081 @node CPU Configuration
3082 @chapter CPU Configuration
3083 @cindex GDB target
3084
3085 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3086 You can also access these targets without GDB
3087 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3088 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3089 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3090 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3091
3092 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3093 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3094
3095 @section Target List
3096 @cindex target, current
3097 @cindex target, list
3098
3099 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3100 where each member has a name.
3101 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3102 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3103 (plural!) command.
3104 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3105 look like with more than one:
3106 @verbatim
3107 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3108 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3109 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3110 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3111 @end verbatim
3112
3113 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3114 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3115 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3116 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3117 space seen by that current target.
3118 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3119 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3120 are examples; and there are many more.
3121
3122 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3123
3124 @deffn Command {target count}
3125 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3126 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3127 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3128
3129 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3130 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3131 @example
3132 set c [target count]
3133 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3134 # Assuming you have created this function
3135 print_target_details $x
3136 @}
3137 @end example
3138 @end deffn
3139
3140 @deffn Command {target current}
3141 Returns the name of the current target.
3142 @end deffn
3143
3144 @deffn Command {target names}
3145 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3146 @example
3147 foreach t [target names] @{
3148 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3149 @}
3150 @end example
3151 @end deffn
3152
3153 @deffn Command {target number} number
3154 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3155 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3156
3157 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3158 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3159 @example
3160 set thename [target number $x]
3161 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3162 @end example
3163 @end deffn
3164
3165 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3166 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3167
3168 @deffn Command targets [name]
3169 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3170 command names are singular.}
3171
3172 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3173 targets in a user friendly form.
3174
3175 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3176 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3177 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3178 @end deffn
3179
3180 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3181 @cindex target type
3182 @cindex CPU type
3183 @cindex CPU variant
3184
3185 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3186 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3187 when calling @command{target create}.
3188 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3189 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3190 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3191 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3192 what core-specific commands may be available
3193 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3194 and more.
3195
3196 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3197 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3198 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3199 worked around in some chip versions.
3200
3201 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3202 since there's a command to list them.
3203 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3204 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3205
3206 @anchor{target types}
3207 @deffn Command {target types}
3208 Lists all supported target types.
3209 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3210
3211 @itemize @bullet
3212 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3213 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3214 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3215 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3216 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3217 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3218 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3219 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3220 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3221 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3222 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3223 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3224 @itemize @minus
3225 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3226 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3227 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3228 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3229 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3230 @end itemize
3231 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3232 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3233 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3234 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3235 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3236 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3237 @itemize @minus
3238 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3239 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3240 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3241 processor.
3242 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3243 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3244 @end itemize
3245 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3246 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3247 There are several variants defined:
3248 @itemize @minus
3249 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3250 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3251 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3252 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3253 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3254 @end itemize
3255 @end itemize
3256 @end deffn
3257
3258 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3259 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3260 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3261 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3262 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3263 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3264 reflect design generations;
3265 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3266 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3267
3268 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3269 @section Target Configuration
3270
3271 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3272 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3273 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3274 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3275 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3276
3277 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3278 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3279 optional parts.
3280 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3281 command, created as part of target creation.
3282
3283 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3284 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3285 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3286 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3287 to be much more board-specific.
3288 The key steps you use might look something like this
3289
3290 @example
3291 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3292 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3293 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3294 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3295 @end example
3296
3297 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3298 on-chip SRAM.
3299 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3300 writes to target memory;
3301 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3302 GDB memory checksumming;
3303 and more.
3304
3305 @quotation Warning
3306 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3307 inaccessible when application code
3308 (such as an operating system)
3309 enables or disables the MMU.
3310 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3311 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3312 easy access to other addresses needed.
3313 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3314 @end quotation
3315
3316 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3317 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3318 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3319 controllers.
3320 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3321 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3322 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3323
3324 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3325 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3326 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3327 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3328 purposes including additional configuration.
3329
3330 @itemize @bullet
3331 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3332 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3333 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3334 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3335
3336 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3337 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3338 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3339 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3340 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3341 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3342 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3343 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3344
3345 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3346 @end itemize
3347 @end deffn
3348
3349 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3350 The options accepted by this command may also be
3351 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3352 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3353 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3354
3355 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3356 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3357 and changing its endianness or variant.
3358
3359 @itemize @bullet
3360
3361 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3362 used to access this target.
3363
3364 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3365 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3366
3367 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3368 @xref{Target Events}.
3369 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3370 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3371 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3372 same event name assigns only one handler.
3373
3374 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3375 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3376
3377 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3378 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3379 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3380 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3381 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3382 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3383 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3384
3385 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3386 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3387 or virtual address is being used.
3388
3389 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3390 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3391
3392 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3393 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3394 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3395 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3396 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3397
3398 @end itemize
3399 @end deffn
3400
3401 @section Other $target_name Commands
3402 @cindex object command
3403
3404 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3405 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3406
3407 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3408 Once a button is created a button
3409 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3410 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3411 configure it like this:
3412
3413 @example
3414 # Create
3415 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3416 # Modify
3417 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3418 # Query
3419 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3420 # Report
3421 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3422 @end example
3423
3424 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3425 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3426
3427 @example
3428 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3429 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3430 @end example
3431
3432 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3433
3434 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3435 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3436 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3437 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3438 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3439 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3440 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3441 They are not otherwise documented here.
3442 @end deffn
3443
3444 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3445 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3446 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3447 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3448 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3449 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3450 the target side uses raw memory.
3451
3452 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3453 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3454 The script orientation comes from working with data
3455 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3456 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3457 and neither store nor return those values.
3458
3459 @itemize
3460 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3461 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3462 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3463 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3464 @end itemize
3465 @end deffn
3466
3467 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3468 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3469 @command{$target_name configure}
3470 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3471 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3472 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3473 There are a few special cases:
3474
3475 @itemize @bullet
3476 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3477 event named @var{event_name}.
3478 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3479 two parameters.
3480 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3481 This is a special case because this is set using
3482 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3483 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3484 @end itemize
3485
3486 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3487 all the targets you might use something like this:
3488
3489 @example
3490 foreach name [target names] @{
3491 set y [$name cget -endian]
3492 set z [$name cget -type]
3493 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3494 $x $name $y $z]
3495 @}
3496 @end example
3497 @end deffn
3498
3499 @anchor{target curstate}
3500 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3501 Displays the current target state:
3502 @code{debug-running},
3503 @code{halted},
3504 @code{reset},
3505 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3506 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3507 @end deffn
3508
3509 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3510 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3511 currently associated with this target.
3512 @xref{Target Events}.
3513 @end deffn
3514
3515 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3516 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3517 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3518 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3519 @end deffn
3520
3521 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3522 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3523 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3524 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3525 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3526 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3527 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3528 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3529 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3530 @end deffn
3531
3532 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3533 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3534 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3535 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3536 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3537 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3538 @end deffn
3539
3540 @anchor{Target Events}
3541 @section Target Events
3542 @cindex target events
3543 @cindex events
3544 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3545 For example:
3546 @itemize @bullet
3547 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3548 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3549 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3550 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3551 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3552 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3553 to set up system clocks or
3554 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3555 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3556 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3557 @end itemize
3558
3559 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3560 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3561 @command{target create ... -event}.
3562
3563 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3564 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3565 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3566
3567 @example
3568 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3569 echo "Reset..."
3570 reset halt
3571 @}
3572 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3573 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3574 echo "Reset..."
3575 reset halt
3576 @}
3577 @end example
3578
3579 The following target events are defined:
3580
3581 @itemize @bullet
3582 @item @b{debug-halted}
3583 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3584 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3585 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3586 @item @b{early-halted}
3587 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3588 @ignore
3589 @item @b{examine-end}
3590 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3591 @item @b{examine-start}
3592 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3593 @end ignore
3594 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3595 @* When GDB connects
3596 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3597 @* When GDB disconnects
3598 @item @b{gdb-end}
3599 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3600 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3601 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3602 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3603 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3604 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3605 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3606 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3607 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3608 @item @b{gdb-start}
3609 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3610 @item @b{halted}
3611 @* The target has halted
3612 @ignore
3613 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3614 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3615 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3616 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3617 @end ignore
3618 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3619 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3620 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3621 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3622 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3623 @item @b{reset-assert}
3624 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3625 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3626 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3627 it instead of asserting SRST.
3628 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3629 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3630 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3631 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3632 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3633 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3634 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3635 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3636 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3637 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3638 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3639 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3640 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3641 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3642 released on the scan chain.
3643 @item @b{reset-end}
3644 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3645 @ignore
3646 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3647 @* Currently not used
3648 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3649 @* Currently not used
3650 @end ignore
3651 @item @b{reset-init}
3652 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3653 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3654
3655 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3656 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3657 multiplexing, and so on.
3658 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3659 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3660 @item @b{reset-start}
3661 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3662 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3663
3664 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3665 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3666 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3667 @ignore
3668 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3669 @* Currently not used
3670 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3671 @* Currently not used
3672 @end ignore
3673 @item @b{resume-start}
3674 @* Before any target is resumed
3675 @item @b{resume-end}
3676 @* After all targets have resumed
3677 @item @b{resume-ok}
3678 @* Success
3679 @item @b{resumed}
3680 @* Target has resumed
3681 @end itemize
3682
3683
3684 @node Flash Commands
3685 @chapter Flash Commands
3686
3687 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3688 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3689 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3690 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3691 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3692 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3693 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3694 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3695 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3696
3697 Flash Steps:
3698 @enumerate
3699 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3700 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3701 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3702 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3703 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3704 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3705 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3706 @item GDB Flashing
3707 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3708 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3709 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3710 @end enumerate
3711
3712 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3713 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3714 so that it can't boot.
3715 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3716 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3717
3718 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3719 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3720 @cindex flash configuration
3721
3722 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3723 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3724 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3725 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3726 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3727 see the driver-specific documentation.
3728
3729 @itemize @bullet
3730 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3731 in other flash commands.
3732 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3733 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3734 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3735 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3736 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3737 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3738 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3739 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3740 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3741 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3742 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3743 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3744 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3745 commands to the flash controller.
3746 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3747 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3748 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3749 for more information.
3750 @end itemize
3751 @quotation Note
3752 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3753 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3754 @end quotation
3755 @end deffn
3756
3757 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3758 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3759 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3760 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3761 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3762 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3763 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3764 @end deffn
3765
3766 @deffn Command {flash list}
3767 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3768 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3769 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3770 @end deffn
3771
3772 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3773 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3774 depends on the flash type.
3775 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3776 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3777 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3778 but most don't bother.
3779 @end deffn
3780
3781 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3782 @cindex flash erasing
3783 @cindex flash reading
3784 @cindex flash writing
3785 @cindex flash programming
3786
3787 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3788 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3789 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3790 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3791 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3792
3793 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3794 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3795 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3796 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3797 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3798
3799 @quotation Note
3800 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3801 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3802 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3803 back to a flash bank.
3804 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3805 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3806 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3807 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3808 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3809 @end quotation
3810
3811 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3812 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3813 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3814 disabled first.
3815 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3816 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3817 @xref{flash protect}.
3818
3819 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3820 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3821 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3822 up to and including @var{last}.
3823 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3824 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3825 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3826 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3827 @end deffn
3828
3829 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3830 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3831 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3832 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3833 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3834 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3835 @end deffn
3836
3837 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3838 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3839 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3840 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3841 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3842 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3843 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3844 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3845 before issuing this command.
3846 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3847 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3848 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3849 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3850 @end deffn
3851 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3852
3853 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3854 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3855 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3856 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3857 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3858 @end deffn
3859
3860 @anchor{flash write_image}
3861 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3862 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3863 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3864 to the base address for each section in the image.
3865 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3866 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3867 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3868 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3869 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3870 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3871 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3872 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
3873 each image section.
3874
3875 @quotation Warning
3876 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
3877 data you want to preserve.
3878 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
3879 sections might be erased with no notice.
3880 @itemize
3881 @item
3882 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
3883 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
3884 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
3885 @item
3886 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
3887 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
3888 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
3889 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
3890 @end itemize
3891 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
3892 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
3893 @end quotation
3894
3895 @end deffn
3896
3897 @section Other Flash commands
3898 @cindex flash protection
3899
3900 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3901 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3902 and display that status.
3903 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3904 This is the only operation that
3905 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3906 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3907 to get updated information.
3908 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3909 @end deffn
3910
3911 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3912 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3913 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3914 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3915 @end deffn
3916
3917 @anchor{flash protect}
3918 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3919 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3920 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3921 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3922 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3923 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3924 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3925 @end deffn
3926
3927 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3928 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3929 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3930 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3931 @end deffn
3932
3933 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3934 @section Flash Driver List
3935 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3936 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3937 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3938
3939 @subsection External Flash
3940
3941 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3942 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3943 @cindex CFI
3944 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3945 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3946 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3947 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3948 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3949 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3950 configure a bus and its timings), or
3951 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3952 on the flash chip.
3953 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3954 speed up operation.
3955
3956 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3957
3958 @itemize
3959 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3960 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3961 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3962 @end itemize
3963
3964 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3965 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3966
3967 @example
3968 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3969 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3970 @end example
3971
3972 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3973 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3974 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3975
3976 @example
3977 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3978 @end example
3979
3980 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3984
3985 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3986 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3987 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3988 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3989 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3990 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
3991
3992 @example
3993 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
3994 @end example
3995 @end deffn
3996
3997 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
3998 @cindex at91sam3
3999 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4000 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4001 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4002 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4003 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4004 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4005 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4006 chips are confirmed.}
4007
4008 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4009 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4010 the following fixed locations:
4011
4012 @example
4013 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4014 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4015 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4016 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4017 @end example
4018
4019 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4020 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4021 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4022
4023 @itemize
4024 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4025 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4026 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4027 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4028 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4029 @end itemize
4030
4031 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4032
4033 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4034 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4035 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4036 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4037 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4038 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4039 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4040
4041 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4042 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4043 @end deffn
4044
4045 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4046 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4047 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4048 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4049 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4050 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4051 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4052 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4053 @end deffn
4054
4055 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4056 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4057 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4058 @end deffn
4059 @end deffn
4060
4061 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4062 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4063 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4064 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4065 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4066
4067 @example
4068 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4069 @end example
4070
4071 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4072 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4073
4074 @itemize
4075 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4076 @item @var{banks}
4077 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4078 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4079 @item @var{pages_size}
4080 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4081 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4082 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4083 @end itemize
4084
4085 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4086 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4087 will be autoconfigured.
4088 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4089
4090 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4091 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4092 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4093 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4094 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4095
4096 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4097 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
4098 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4099 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4100 are not truly general purpose).
4101 @quotation Note
4102 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4103 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4104 @end quotation
4105 @end deffn
4106 @end deffn
4107
4108 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4109 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4110 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4111 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4112 @end deffn
4113
4114 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4115 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4116 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4117 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4118 and executed.
4119 @end deffn
4120
4121 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4122 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4123 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4124
4125 @quotation Note
4126 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4127 driver:
4128 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4129 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4130 @end quotation
4131
4132 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4133 which must appear in the following order:
4134
4135 @itemize
4136 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4137 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4138 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4139 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4140 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4141 at which the core is running
4142 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4143 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4144 @end itemize
4145
4146 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4147
4148 @example
4149 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4150 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4151 @end example
4152
4153 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4154 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4155 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4156 @end deffn
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4160 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4161 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4162 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4163 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4164 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4165
4166 @example
4167 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4168 @end example
4169 @end deffn
4170
4171 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4172 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4173 from NXP.
4174
4175 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4176 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4177 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4178 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4179 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4180 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4181 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4182 you start the PLL.
4183
4184 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4185
4186 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4187 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4188 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4189
4190 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4191 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4192 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4193 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4194 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4195 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4196 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4197
4198 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4199 @example
4200 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4201 @end example
4202
4203 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4204 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4205 @code{flash banks} command.
4206
4207 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4208 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4209 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4210 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4211 a known signature.
4212 Example:
4213 @example
4214 lpc2900 signature 0
4215 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4216 @end example
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4220 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4221 saves it to a file in binary format.
4222 Example:
4223 @example
4224 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4225 @end example
4226 @end deffn
4227
4228 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4229 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4230 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4231 command:
4232
4233 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4234 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4235 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4236 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4237
4238 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4239 Example:
4240 @example
4241 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4242 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4243 @end example
4244 @end deffn
4245
4246 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4247 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4248 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4249 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4250 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4251 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4252 912 bytes.
4253 @quotation Attention
4254 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4255 @end quotation
4256 Example:
4257 @example
4258 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4259 @end example
4260 @end deffn
4261
4262 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4263 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4264 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4265 after the next power cycle.
4266 @quotation Attention
4267 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4268 @end quotation
4269 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4270 Example:
4271 @example
4272 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4273 flash info 0
4274 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4275 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4276 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4277 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4278 @end example
4279 @end deffn
4280
4281 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4282 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4283 effective after the next power cycle.
4284 @quotation Attention
4285 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4286 @end quotation
4287 Examples:
4288 @example
4289 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4290 @end example
4291 @end deffn
4292 @end deffn
4293
4294 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4295 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4296
4297 @example
4298 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4299 @end example
4300 @end deffn
4301
4302 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4303 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4304 and integrate flash memory.
4305 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4306
4307 @example
4308 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4309 @end example
4310
4311 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4312 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4313 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4314 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4315 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4316 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4317 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4318 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4319 @end deffn
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4323 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4324 Texas Instruments
4325 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4326 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4327 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4328 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4329 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4330 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4331
4332 @example
4333 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4334 @end example
4335 @end deffn
4336
4337 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4338 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4339 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4340 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4341 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4342
4343 @example
4344 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4345 @end example
4346
4347 Some stm32x-specific commands
4348 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4349 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4350 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4351 are defined:
4352
4353 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4354 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4355 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4356 @end deffn
4357
4358 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4359 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4360 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4364 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4365 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4366 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4367 @end deffn
4368
4369 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4370 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4371 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4372 @end deffn
4373 @end deffn
4374
4375 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4376 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4377 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4378 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4379 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4380
4381 @example
4382 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4383 @end example
4384
4385 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4386 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4387 for the specified flash bank.
4388 @end deffn
4389 @end deffn
4390
4391 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4392 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4393 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4394 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4395 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4396
4397 @example
4398 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4399 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4400 @end example
4401
4402 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4403 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4404 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4405
4406 @itemize @bullet
4407 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4408 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4409 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4410 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4411 @end itemize
4412 @end deffn
4413
4414 @end deffn
4415
4416 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4417 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4418 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4419 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4420
4421 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4422
4423 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4424 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4425 @end deffn
4426
4427 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4428 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4429 @end deffn
4430
4431 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4432 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4433 the flash clock.
4434 @end deffn
4435 @end deffn
4436
4437 @subsection str9xpec driver
4438 @cindex str9xpec
4439
4440 Here is some background info to help
4441 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4442 the str9:
4443 @enumerate
4444 @item
4445 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4446 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4447 @item
4448 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4449 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4450 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4451 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4452 @end enumerate
4453
4454 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4455 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4456 configured for flash bank 0.
4457 @example
4458 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4459 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4460 jtag_reset 0 1
4461 # turn off target polling
4462 poll off
4463 # disable str9 core
4464 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4465 # read option bytes
4466 str9xpec options_read 0
4467 # re-enable str9 core
4468 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4469 poll on
4470 reset halt
4471 @end example
4472 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4473 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4474 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4475 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4476
4477 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4478 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4479 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4480 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4481 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4482
4483 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4484
4485 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4486 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4487 @end deffn
4488
4489 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4490 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4491 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4492 @end deffn
4493
4494 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4495 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4496 erase the device.
4497 @end deffn
4498
4499 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4500 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4501 @end deffn
4502
4503 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4504 Configure str9 boot bank.
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4508 Configure str9 lvd source.
4509 @end deffn
4510
4511 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4512 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4513 @end deffn
4514
4515 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4516 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4517 @end deffn
4518
4519 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4520 Read str9 option bytes.
4521 @end deffn
4522
4523 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4524 Write str9 option bytes.
4525 @end deffn
4526
4527 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4528 unlock str9 device.
4529 @end deffn
4530
4531 @end deffn
4532
4533
4534 @section mFlash
4535
4536 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4537 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4538
4539 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4540 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4541 address @var{base}.
4542 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4543 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4544
4545 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4546
4547 @example
4548 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4549 @end example
4550
4551 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4552
4553 @example
4554 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4555 @end example
4556 @end deffn
4557
4558 @subsection mFlash commands
4559 @cindex mFlash commands
4560
4561 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4562 Configure mflash PLL.
4563 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4564 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4565 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4566 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4567 @end deffn
4568
4569 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4570 Configure bootable option.
4571 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4572 (4kB) for boot.
4573 @end deffn
4574
4575 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4576 Configure storage information.
4577 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4578 written.
4579 @end deffn
4580
4581 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4582 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4583 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4584 @end deffn
4585
4586 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4587 Probe mflash.
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4591 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4592 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4593 @end deffn
4594
4595 @node NAND Flash Commands
4596 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4597 @cindex NAND
4598
4599 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4600 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4601 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4602
4603 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4604 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4605 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4606 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4607 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4608 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4609
4610 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4611 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4612 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4613 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4614 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4615 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4616 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4617 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4618 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4619 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4620
4621 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4622 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4623 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4624 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4625 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4626 every 512 bytes of data.
4627
4628 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4629 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4630 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4631 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4632 ECC mode is used.
4633
4634 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4635 @enumerate
4636 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4637 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4638 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4639 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4640 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4641 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4642 to access that device.
4643 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4644 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4645 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4646 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4647 de-brick a board.
4648 @end enumerate
4649
4650 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4651 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4652 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4653 are only 32 bits wide.
4654 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4655 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4656 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4657 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4658
4659 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4660 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4661 @cindex NAND configuration
4662
4663 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4664 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4665 OpenOCD has initialized.
4666
4667 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4668 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4669 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4670 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4671 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4672 they were a single (larger) device.
4673 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4674 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4675
4676 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4677 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4678 configuration files, not interactively.
4679
4680 @itemize @bullet
4681 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4682 in other commands.
4683 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4684 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4685 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4686 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4687 commands to the NAND controller.
4688 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4689 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4690 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4691 for more information.
4692 @end itemize
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @deffn Command {nand list}
4696 Prints a summary of each device declared
4697 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4698 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4699 @example
4700 > nand list
4701 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4702 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4703 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4704 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4705 >
4706 @end example
4707 @end deffn
4708
4709 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4710 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4711 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4712 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4713 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4714 it with most other NAND commands.
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4718
4719 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4720 @cindex NAND reading
4721 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4722 starting at the specified offset.
4723 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4724
4725 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4726 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4727
4728 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4729 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4730 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4731
4732 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4733 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4734 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4735 method which handled that error correction.
4736
4737 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4738 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4739 @itemize @bullet
4740 @item no oob_* parameter
4741 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4742 @item @code{oob_raw}
4743 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4744 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4745 spare areas associated with each data page.
4746 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4747 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4748 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4749 @item @code{oob_only}
4750 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4751 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4752 spare areas associated with each data page.
4753 @end itemize
4754 @end deffn
4755
4756 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4757 @cindex NAND erasing
4758 @cindex NAND programming
4759 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4760 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4761 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4762 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4763 If those parameters are not specified,
4764 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4765 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4766
4767 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4768 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4769 block marker.
4770 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4771 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4775 @cindex NAND writing
4776 @cindex NAND programming
4777 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4778 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4779 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4780 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4781
4782 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4783 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4784
4785 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4786 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4787 past the end of the device.
4788 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4789 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4790 if that's being written.)
4791
4792 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4793 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4794 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4795
4796 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4797 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4798 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4799 @itemize @bullet
4800 @item no oob_* parameter
4801 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4802 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4803 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4804 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4805 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4806 @item @code{oob_only}
4807 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4808 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4809 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4810 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4811 @item @code{oob_raw}
4812 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4813 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4814 un-altered OOB.
4815 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4816 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4817 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4818 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4819 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4820 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4821 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4822 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4823 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4824 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4825 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4826 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4827 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4828 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4829 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4830 @end itemize
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4834 @cindex NAND verification
4835 @cindex NAND programming
4836 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4837 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4838 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4839
4840 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4841 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4842
4843 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4844 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4845 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4846 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4847 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4848
4849 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4850 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4851 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4852
4853 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4854 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4855 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4856 be removed in a future release.
4857 @end deffn
4858
4859 @section Other NAND commands
4860 @cindex NAND other commands
4861
4862 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4863 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4864 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4865 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4866 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4867 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4868 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4869 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4870
4871 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4872 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4873 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4877 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4878 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4879 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4880 status for each block.
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4884 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4885 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4886
4887 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4888 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4889 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4890 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4891 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4892
4893 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4894 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4895 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4896 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4897 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4898 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4899 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4900 @end deffn
4901
4902 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4903 @section NAND Driver List
4904 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4905 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4906 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4907
4908 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
4909 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
4910 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
4911 address of the ECC controller.
4912 @example
4913 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
4914 @end example
4915 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
4916 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
4917 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
4918 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
4919 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
4920 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
4921 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
4922 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4923 @end deffn
4924 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
4925 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
4926 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4927 @end deffn
4928
4929 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
4930 properly configured for input or output.
4931 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
4932 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
4933 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4934 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4935 @end deffn
4936 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
4937 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
4938 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4939 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4940 @end deffn
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4944 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4945 chips from Texas Instruments.
4946 It takes three extra parameters:
4947 address of the NAND chip;
4948 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4949 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4950 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4951 @example
4952 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4953 @end example
4954 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4955 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4956 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4957 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4958 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4962 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4963 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4964 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4965 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4966 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4967 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4971 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4972 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4973 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4974 @end deffn
4975 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4976
4977 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4978 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4979 parameter: the address of the controller.
4980 @example
4981 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4982 @end example
4983 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4984 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4985 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4986 change any behavior.
4987 @end deffn
4988
4989 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4990 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
4991 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
4992 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
4993 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
4994 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
4995 specialized commands.
4996 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4997 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4998 change any behavior.
4999 @end deffn
5000
5001 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5002 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5003 @cindex PLD
5004 @cindex FPGA
5005
5006 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5007 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5008 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5009 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5010 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5011 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5012 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5013
5014 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5015
5016 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5017 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5018 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5019
5020 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5021 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5022
5023 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5024 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5025 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5026 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5027 behavior.
5028 @end deffn
5029
5030 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5031 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5032 @end deffn
5033
5034 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5035 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5036 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5040
5041 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5042 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5043 that particular type of PLD.
5044
5045 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5046 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5047 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5048 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5049 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5050
5051 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5052 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5053 for FPGA @var{num}.
5054 @end deffn
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @node General Commands
5058 @chapter General Commands
5059 @cindex commands
5060
5061 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5062 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5063 commands are documented elsewhere.
5064
5065 Intent:
5066 @itemize @bullet
5067 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5068 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5069 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5070 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5071
5072 @item @b{From the human}
5073 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5074 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5075
5076 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5077 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5078 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5079
5080 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5081 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5082 port is 5555.
5083 @end itemize
5084
5085
5086 @section Daemon Commands
5087
5088 @deffn {Command} exit
5089 Exits the current telnet session.
5090 @end deffn
5091
5092 @c note EXTREMELY ANNOYING word wrap at column 75
5093 @c even when lines are e.g. 100+ columns ...
5094 @c coded in startup.tcl
5095 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5096 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5097 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5098 Not every command provides helptext.
5099 @end deffn
5100
5101 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5102 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5103 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5104 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5105 Useful in connection with script files
5106 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 @deffn Command shutdown
5110 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5111 @end deffn
5112
5113 @anchor{debug_level}
5114 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5115 @cindex message level
5116 Display debug level.
5117 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5118 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5119 Level 0 is error messages only;
5120 level 1 adds warnings;
5121 level 2 adds informational messages;
5122 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5123 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5124 the command line along with the location of that log
5125 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5126 @xref{Running}.
5127 @end deffn
5128
5129 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5130 Default disabled.
5131 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5132
5133 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5134 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5135 individually overridden.
5136
5137 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5138 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5139 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5140
5141 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5142
5143 @example
5144 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5145 @end example
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 @deffn Command echo message
5149 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5150 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5151 @example
5152 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5153 @end example
5154 @end deffn
5155
5156 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5157 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5158 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @anchor{Target State handling}
5162 @section Target State handling
5163 @cindex reset
5164 @cindex halt
5165 @cindex target initialization
5166
5167 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5168 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5169 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5170 a current target which is used to perform the
5171 various operations. The current target may be changed
5172 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5173 target which should become current.
5174
5175 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5176 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5177 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5178 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5179 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5180
5181 @emph{With no arguments}:
5182 list all available registers for the current target,
5183 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5184 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5185 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5186 are flagged as such.
5187
5188 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5189
5190 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5191 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5192 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5193 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5194 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5195 relevant module will flush such values.
5196
5197 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5198 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5199
5200 @example
5201 > reg
5202 ===== ARM registers
5203 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5204 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5205 (2) r2 (/32)
5206 ...
5207 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5208 >
5209 @end example
5210 @end deffn
5211
5212 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5213 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5214 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5215 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5216 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5217 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5218 (and enter debug mode).
5219 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5220
5221 @quotation Warning
5222 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5223 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5224 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5225 power mode by gating the core clock;
5226 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5227
5228 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5229 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5230 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5231 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5232 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5233 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5234
5235 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5236 work with a JTAG debugger.
5237 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5238 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5239 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5240 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5241 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5242 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5243 @end quotation
5244
5245 @end deffn
5246
5247 @deffn Command resume [address]
5248 Resume the target at its current code position,
5249 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5250 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @deffn Command step [address]
5254 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5255 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5256 @end deffn
5257
5258 @anchor{Reset Command}
5259 @deffn Command reset
5260 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5261 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5262 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5263 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5264 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5265 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5266
5267 The optional parameter specifies what should
5268 happen after the reset.
5269 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5270 The other options will not work on all systems.
5271 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5272
5273 @itemize @minus
5274 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5275 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5276 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5277 @end itemize
5278 @end deffn
5279
5280 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5281 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5282 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5283 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5284 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5285 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5286 state.
5287 @end deffn
5288
5289 @section I/O Utilities
5290
5291 These commands are available when
5292 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5293 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5294 notably the ZY1000.
5295 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5296
5297 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5298
5299 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5300 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5301 the text file @file{filename}.
5302 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5303 The last string is followed by a newline.
5304 @end deffn
5305
5306 @deffn Command cat filename
5307 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5311 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5312 into @file{dest_filename}.
5313 @end deffn
5314
5315 @deffn Command ip
5316 @emph{No description provided.}
5317 @end deffn
5318
5319 @deffn Command ls
5320 @emph{No description provided.}
5321 @end deffn
5322
5323 @deffn Command mac
5324 @emph{No description provided.}
5325 @end deffn
5326
5327 @deffn Command meminfo
5328 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5329 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn Command peek
5333 @emph{No description provided.}
5334 @end deffn
5335
5336 @deffn Command poke
5337 @emph{No description provided.}
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @deffn Command rm filename
5341 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5342 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5343 @end deffn
5344
5345 @deffn Command trunc filename
5346 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5347 @end deffn
5348
5349 @anchor{Memory access}
5350 @section Memory access commands
5351 @cindex memory access
5352
5353 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5354 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5355 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5356 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5357
5358 @enumerate
5359 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5360 to change the current target.
5361 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5362 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5363 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5364 @end enumerate
5365
5366 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5367 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5368 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5369 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5370 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5371 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5372 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5373 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5374 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5375 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5376 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5377 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5378 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5379 @end deffn
5380
5381 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5382 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5383 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5384 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5385 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5386 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5387 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5388 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5389 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5390 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393
5394 @anchor{Image access}
5395 @section Image loading commands
5396 @cindex image loading
5397 @cindex image dumping
5398
5399 @anchor{dump_image}
5400 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5401 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5402 binary file named @var{filename}.
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5406 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5407 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5411 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5412 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5413 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5414 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5415 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5416 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5417 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5418 separately.
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @anchor{load_image}
5422 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5423 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5424 The file format may optionally be specified
5425 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5426 @end deffn
5427
5428 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5429 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5430 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5431 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5432 The file format may optionally be specified
5433 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5437 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5438 The file format may optionally be specified
5439 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5440 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5441 @end deffn
5442
5443
5444 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5445 @cindex breakpoint
5446 @cindex watchpoint
5447
5448 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5449 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5450 watchpoints.
5451 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5452
5453 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5454 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5455 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5456 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5457 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5458 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5459
5460 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5461 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5465 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5469 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5470 @end deffn
5471
5472 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5473 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5474 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5475 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5476 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5477 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5478 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5479 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5480 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @section Misc Commands
5484
5485 @cindex profiling
5486 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5487 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5488 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5489 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command {version}
5493 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5497 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5498 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5502 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5503 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5504 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5505
5506 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5507 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5508 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5509 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5510
5511 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5512 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5513 @cindex tracing
5514 @cindex ETM
5515 @cindex ETB
5516
5517 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5518 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5519 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5520
5521 @itemize
5522 @item
5523 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5524 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5525 supports such an interface.
5526 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5527 and trace port support.)
5528 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5529 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5530 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5531 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5532 in the board-specific configuration file.
5533 @item
5534 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5535 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5536 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5537 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5538 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5539 @end itemize
5540
5541 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5542
5543 @quotation Issues
5544 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5545 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5546
5547 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5548 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5549 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5550 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5551 dummy trace port driver}.
5552
5553 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5554 as well as tracing only during specific states
5555 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5556
5557 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5558 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5559 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5560 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5561 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5562
5563 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5564 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5565 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5566 this original style of JTAG access.
5567 @end quotation
5568
5569 @subsection ETM Configuration
5570 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5571
5572 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5573 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5574 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5575
5576 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5577 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5578 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5579 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5580 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5581 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5582 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5583 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5584 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5585
5586 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5587 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5588 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5589
5590 @quotation Warning
5591 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5592 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5593 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5594 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5595 @end quotation
5596
5597 @quotation Note
5598 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5599 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5600 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5601 what CPU activities are traced.
5602 @end quotation
5603 @end deffn
5604
5605 @deffn Command {etm info}
5606 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5607 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5608 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5609 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @deffn Command {etm status}
5613 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5614 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5615 Did trace data overflow?
5616 Was it triggered?
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5620 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5621 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5622 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5623 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5624
5625 @itemize
5626 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5627 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5628 The value is one of
5629 @option{none} (save nothing),
5630 @option{data} (save data),
5631 @option{address} (save addresses),
5632 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5633 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5634 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5635 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5636 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5637 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5638 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5639 trace stream without an image of the code.
5640 @end itemize
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5644 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5645 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5646 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5647 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5648
5649 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5650 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5651 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5655
5656 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5657 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5658 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5659
5660 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5661 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5662 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5663 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5664 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5665 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5666 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5667
5668 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5669
5670 @itemize
5671 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5672 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5673 for instruction access within that function's body.
5674 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5675 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5676 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5677 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5678 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5679 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5680 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5681 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5682 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5683 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5684 @item @emph{... more}
5685 @end itemize
5686
5687 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5688 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5689
5690 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5691 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5692 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5693 @end deffn
5694
5695 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5696 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5700 Opens an image file.
5701 @end deffn
5702
5703 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5704 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5705 @end deffn
5706
5707 @deffn Command {etm start}
5708 Starts trace data collection.
5709 @end deffn
5710
5711 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5712 Stops trace data collection.
5713 @end deffn
5714
5715 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5716 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5717
5718 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5719
5720 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5721 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5722 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5723 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5724 any trace data collection.}
5725 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5726 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5727 @end deffn
5728 @end deffn
5729
5730 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5731 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5732 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5733 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5734 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5735 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5736 @end deffn
5737 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5738 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5739 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5740 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5741 trace trigger becomes active.
5742
5743 @itemize
5744 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5745 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5746 afterwards.
5747 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5748 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5749 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5750 what caused that event to happen.
5751 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5752 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5753 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5754 how the event caused trouble.
5755 @end itemize
5756 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @end deffn
5760
5761 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5762 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5763 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5764 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5765 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5766
5767 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5768 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5769
5770 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5771 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5772 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5773 @end deffn
5774
5775 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5776 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5780 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5781 @end deffn
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784
5785 @section Generic ARM
5786 @cindex ARM
5787
5788 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5789 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5790 commands that may be available.
5791
5792 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5793 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5794 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5795 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5796 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5797 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5801 @cindex disassemble
5802 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5803 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5804 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5805 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5806 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5807 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5808 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5809
5810 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5811 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5812 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5813 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5814 with a handful of exceptions.
5815 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5816 @end deffn
5817
5818 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5819 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5820 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5821 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5822 and using the MCR instruction.
5823 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5824 an ARM register.)
5825 @end deffn
5826
5827 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5828 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5829 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5830 and the MRC instruction.
5831 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5832 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5833 an ARM register.)
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5837 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5838 core mode if necessary.
5839 @end deffn
5840
5841 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5842 @cindex ARMv4
5843 @cindex ARMv5
5844
5845 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5846 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5847 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5848 variant.
5849
5850 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5851 @cindex ARM7
5852 @cindex ARM9
5853
5854 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5855 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5856 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5857 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5858
5859 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5860 Control use of the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5861 instead of breakpoints. This should be
5862 safe for all but ARM7TDMI--S cores (like Philips LPC).
5863 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5864 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5868 @cindex DCC
5869 Control the use of the debug communications channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte)
5870 amounts of memory. DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5871 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5872 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5873 @end deffn
5874
5875 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5876 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5877 Enable or disable memory writes and reads that don't check completion of
5878 the operation. This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5879 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5880 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5881 @end deffn
5882
5883 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5884 @cindex ARM semihosting
5885 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5886
5887 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5888 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5889 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5890 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5891 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5892 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5893 @end deffn
5894
5895 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5896 @cindex ARM720T
5897
5898 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5899 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5900 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5901 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5902
5903 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} regnum [value]
5904 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5905 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5909 @cindex ARM9
5910
5911 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5912 integer processors.
5913 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5914
5915 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5916 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5917 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5918 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5919
5920 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5921 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5922 @cindex vector_catch
5923 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5924 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5925 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5926 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5927 to those hardware vectors.
5928
5929 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5930 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5931 vector catch hardware to intercept
5932 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5933 @option{none} of them,
5934 or a list with one or more of the following:
5935 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5936 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5937 @end deffn
5938
5939 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5940 @cindex ARM920T
5941
5942 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5943 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5944 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5945 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5946 and ARM9 commands.
5947
5948 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5949 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5950 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5951 @end deffn
5952
5953 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5954 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5955 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5959 Interpreted access using cp15 @var{opcode}.
5960 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5961 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5962 or using zero if no other address is not provided.
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5966 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
5967 @end deffn
5968
5969 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
5970 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
5971 @end deffn
5972
5973 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
5974 @cindex ARM926ej-s
5975
5976 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
5977 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
5978 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
5979 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5980 and ARM9 commands.
5981
5982 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
5983 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
5984
5985 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
5986 Print information about the caches found.
5987 @end deffn
5988
5989 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
5990 @cindex ARM966E
5991
5992 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
5993 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
5994 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5995 and ARM9 commands.
5996
5997 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
5998 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5999 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6000 @end deffn
6001
6002 @subsection XScale specific commands
6003 @cindex XScale
6004
6005 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6006
6007 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6008 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6009 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6010 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6011 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6012 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6013 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6014
6015 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6016 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6017 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6018 vector_table} command.
6019
6020 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6021 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6022 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6023 code layout in memory:
6024 @example
6025 _vectors:
6026 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6027 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6028 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6029 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6030 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6031 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6032 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6033 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6034 .org 0x100
6035 .long real_reset_vector
6036 .long real_ui_handler
6037 .long real_swi_handler
6038 .long real_pf_abort
6039 .long real_data_abort
6040 .long 0 /* unused */
6041 .long real_irq_handler
6042 .long real_fiq_handler
6043 @end example
6044
6045 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6046 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6047 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6048 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6049
6050
6051 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6052 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6053
6054 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6055 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6056 @end deffn
6057
6058 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6059 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6063 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6064 @end deffn
6065
6066 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6067 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6068 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6069 @end deffn
6070
6071 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6072 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6073 @end deffn
6074
6075 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6076 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6077 @end deffn
6078
6079 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6080 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6081 @end deffn
6082
6083 @deffn Command {xscale icache} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6084 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6085 @end deffn
6086
6087 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6088 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6089 @end deffn
6090
6091 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} (@option{enable}|@option{disable}) [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]
6092 Enables or disables the trace buffer,
6093 and controls how it is emptied.
6094 @end deffn
6095
6096 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6097 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6098 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6099 The image @var{type} may be one of
6100 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6101 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6102 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6106 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6107 @cindex vector_catch
6108 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6109 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6110
6111 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6112 @example
6113 0x01 Trap Reset
6114 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6115 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6116 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6117 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6118 0x20 reserved
6119 0x40 Trap IRQ
6120 0x80 Trap FIQ
6121 @end example
6122 @end deffn
6123
6124 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6125 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [<low|high> <index> <value>]
6126 @cindex vector_table
6127
6128 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6129 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6130 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6131 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6132 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6133
6134 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6135
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6139 @cindex ARMv6
6140
6141 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6142 @cindex ARM11
6143
6144 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [value]
6145 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6146 which is enabled by default. Burst writes are only used
6147 for memory writes larger than 1 word. Single word writes
6148 are likely to be from reset init scripts and those writes
6149 are often to non-memory locations which could easily have
6150 many wait states, which could easily break burst writes.
6151 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6152 @end deffn
6153
6154 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [value]
6155 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6156 which is enabled by default.
6157 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [value]
6161 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6162 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6163 they are disabled by default.
6164 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6165 @end deffn
6166
6167 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6168 @cindex vector_catch
6169 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6170 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6171 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6172
6173 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6174 for certain hardware events.
6175 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6176 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6177 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6178 @end deffn
6179
6180 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6181 @cindex ARMv7
6182
6183 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6184 @cindex Debug Access Port
6185 @cindex DAP
6186 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6187 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6188 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6189
6190 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6191 Displays dap info for ap @var{num}, defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6192 @end deffn
6193
6194 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6195 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6199 Displays id register from AP @var{num},
6200 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6201 @end deffn
6202
6203 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6204 Displays debug base address from AP @var{num},
6205 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6206 @end deffn
6207
6208 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6209 Displays the number of extra tck for mem-ap memory bus access [0-255].
6210 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6214 @cindex Cortex-M3
6215
6216 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6217 @cindex disassemble
6218 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6219 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6220 @end deffn
6221
6222 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6223 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6224 @end deffn
6225
6226 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6227 @cindex vector_catch
6228 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6229 for certain hardware events.
6230
6231 Parameters request interception of
6232 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6233 @option{none} of them,
6234 or one or more of the following:
6235 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6236 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6237 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6238 @option{irq_err},
6239 @option{state_err},
6240 @option{chk_err}, or
6241 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6242 @option{reset}.
6243 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6244 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6245 are mapped to HardFault.
6246 UsageFault checks for
6247 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6248 must also be explicitly enabled.
6249
6250 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6251 @end deffn
6252
6253 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6254 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6255 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6256 @cindex tracing
6257 @cindex libdcc
6258 @cindex DCC
6259 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6260 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6261 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6262 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6263
6264 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6265 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6266 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6267 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6268 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6269 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6270
6271 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6272 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6273 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6274 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6275 The target being debugged may
6276 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6277 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6278 each supported by a command:
6279
6280 @itemize
6281 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6282 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6283 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6284 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6285
6286 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6287 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6288 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6289
6290 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6291 and then displayed at any time.
6292 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6293
6294 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6295 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6296 @end itemize
6297
6298 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6299 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6300 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6301 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6302 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6303 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6304 does the same thing.
6305
6306 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6307 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6308 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6309 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6310 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6311
6312 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6313 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6314 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6315 @end deffn
6316
6317 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6318 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6319 in the order they triggered.
6320 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6321 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6322 history records.
6323 @end deffn
6324
6325 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6326 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6327 they have been triggered.
6328 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6329 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6330 and associates it with that identifier.
6331
6332 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6333 are not related except by this command.
6334 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6335 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338
6339 @node JTAG Commands
6340 @chapter JTAG Commands
6341 @cindex JTAG Commands
6342 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6343 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6344 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6345 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6346 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6347
6348 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6349 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6350
6351 @itemize @bullet
6352 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6353 devices such as a CPUs.
6354 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6355 standard state machine (in parallel)
6356 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6357 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6358 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6359 while the reading previous ones.
6360 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6361 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6362 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6363 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6364 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6365 registers.
6366 @end itemize
6367
6368 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6369
6370 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6371 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6372 the order of TAP state transitions.
6373 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6374 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6375 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6376
6377 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6378 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6379 that specify the entire register.
6380 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6381 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6382 The return value holds the original value of each
6383 of those fields.
6384
6385 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6386 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6387 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6388 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6389 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6390
6391 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6392 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6393
6394 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6395 in that state.
6396 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6397 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6398 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6399
6400 @quotation Warning
6401 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6402 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6403 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6404 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6405 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6406 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6407 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6408 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6409 @end quotation
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6413 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6414 This may be used for performance tuning.
6415
6416 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6417 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6418 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6419 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6420 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6421 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6422 @end deffn
6423
6424 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6425 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6426 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6427 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6428 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6429 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6430
6431 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6432 in that state.
6433 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6434 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6435 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6436
6437 @quotation Note
6438 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6439 register values, unlike data register values.
6440 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6441 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6442 @end quotation
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6446 Set values of reset signals.
6447 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6448 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6449 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6450 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6451 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6452 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6453 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6454
6455 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6456 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6457 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6458 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6459 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6460 instead of the TRST signal.
6461 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6462 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6463 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6464 with handlers for that event.
6465 @end deffn
6466
6467 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6468 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6469 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6470 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6471 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6472 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6473 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6474 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6475 The final state must also be stable.
6476 @end deffn
6477
6478 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6479 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6480 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6481 Instructions often need some time
6482 to execute before they take effect.
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6486 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6487
6488 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6489 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6490 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6491 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6492 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6496 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6497 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6498 must also be enabled.
6499 Default is enabled.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @section TAP state names
6503 @cindex TAP state names
6504
6505 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6506 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6507 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6508 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6509
6510 @itemize @bullet
6511 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6512 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6513 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6514 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6515 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6516 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6517 through the data register
6518 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6519 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6520 for update or more shifting
6521 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6522 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6523 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6524 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6525 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6526 through the instruction register
6527 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6528 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6529 for update or more shifting
6530 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6531 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6532 @end itemize
6533
6534 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6535 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6536 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6537 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6538
6539 @itemize @bullet
6540 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6541 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6542 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6543 may not be as expected.
6544 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6545 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6546 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6547 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6548 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6549 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6550 @end itemize
6551
6552 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6553 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6554
6555 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6556 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6557 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6558 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6559
6560 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6561 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6562 @cindex SVF
6563
6564 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6565 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6566 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6567
6568 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6569 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6570 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6571 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6572 each command is logged before it is executed.
6573 @end deffn
6574
6575 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6576 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6577 @cindex XSVF
6578
6579 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6580 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6581 Xilinx devices.
6582 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6583
6584 @quotation Important
6585 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6586 @end quotation
6587
6588 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6589 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6590 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6591 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6592 that TAP.
6593 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6594 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6595 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6596 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6597 @end deffn
6598
6599 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6600 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6601 after building the software.
6602 You may find them useful:
6603
6604 @itemize
6605 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6606 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6607 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6608 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6609 @end itemize
6610
6611 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6612 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6613 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6614 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6615 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6616 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6617 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6618
6619
6620 @node TFTP
6621 @chapter TFTP
6622 @cindex TFTP
6623 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6624 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6625
6626 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6627 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6628 server (tftpd). For example,
6629
6630 @example
6631 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6632 @end example
6633
6634 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6635 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6636
6637 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6638 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6639 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6640 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6641
6642 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6643 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6644 @cindex GDB
6645 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6646 to debug remote targets.
6647 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6648
6649 @itemize
6650 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6651 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6652 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6653 that also will probably need to be configured.
6654 @end itemize
6655
6656 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6657 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6658 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6659 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6660 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6661 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6662
6663 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6664 @section Connecting to GDB
6665 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6666 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6667 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6668 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6669 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6670
6671 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6672
6673 @enumerate
6674 @item
6675 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6676 @example
6677 target remote localhost:3333
6678 @end example
6679 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6680 @item
6681 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6682 @example
6683 target remote | openocd --pipe
6684 @end example
6685 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6686 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6687 session.
6688 @end enumerate
6689
6690 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6691 GDB command line.
6692
6693 @section Sample GDB session startup
6694
6695 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6696 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6697 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6698 small ARM program.
6699 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6700 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6701
6702 @example
6703 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6704 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6705 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6706 ...
6707 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6708 ...
6709 (gdb) load
6710 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6711 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6712 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6713 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6714 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6715 (gdb) continue
6716 Continuing.
6717 ...
6718 @end example
6719
6720 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6721 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6722 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6723 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6724
6725 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6726
6727 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6728 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6729 packet size and the device's memory map.
6730 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6731 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6732 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6733
6734 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6735 You may need to set those up by hand.
6736 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6737 something like:
6738
6739 @example
6740 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6741 @end example
6742
6743 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6744
6745 @example
6746 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6747 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6748 @end example
6749
6750 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6751 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6752 do not have such restrictions.
6753
6754 @section Programming using GDB
6755 @cindex Programming using GDB
6756
6757 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6758 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6759 @example
6760 gdb_memory_map disable
6761 @end example
6762 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6763 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6764 working area.
6765
6766 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6767 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6768 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6769 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6770
6771 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6772 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6773
6774 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6775 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6776 @example
6777 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6778 @end example
6779
6780 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6781 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6782
6783 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6784 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6785 will be used.
6786
6787 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6788 script can be executed:
6789 @example
6790 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6791 @end example
6792
6793 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6794 can be used.
6795
6796 @node Tcl Scripting API
6797 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6798 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6799 @cindex Tcl scripts
6800 @section API rules
6801
6802 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6803 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6804 information as an argument to each proc.
6805
6806 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6807 pair list and lists.
6808
6809 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6810 list.
6811
6812 @verbatim
6813
6814 > set foo(me) Duane
6815 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6816 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6817 > set foo(duck) Donald
6818
6819 If one does this:
6820
6821 > set foo
6822
6823 The result is:
6824
6825 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6826
6827 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6828
6829 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6830 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6831 }
6832 @end verbatim
6833
6834 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6835 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6836
6837 @section Internal low-level Commands
6838
6839 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6840
6841 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6842 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6843 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6844
6845 @itemize @bullet
6846 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6847
6848 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6849 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6850
6851 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6852 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6853
6854 Return information about the flash banks
6855 @end itemize
6856
6857 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6858 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6859 called "flash_banks".
6860
6861 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6862
6863 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6864 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6865 holds one of the following values:
6866
6867 @itemize @bullet
6868 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6869 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6870 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6871 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6872 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6873 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6874 @end itemize
6875
6876 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6877
6878 @quotation Note
6879 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6880 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6881 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6882 is jim, not real tcl).
6883 @end quotation
6884
6885 @node FAQ
6886 @chapter FAQ
6887 @cindex faq
6888 @enumerate
6889 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6890 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6891 @cindex RTCK
6892 @cindex adaptive clocking
6893 @*
6894
6895 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6896 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6897 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6898 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6899
6900 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6901 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6902 work. There are 2 basic options:
6903 @enumerate
6904 @item
6905 Use a special circuit.
6906 @item
6907 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6908 @end enumerate
6909
6910 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6911 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6912 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6913 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6914 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6915 4kHz.
6916
6917 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6918 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6919 painful.
6920
6921 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6922
6923 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6924 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6925
6926 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6927 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6928 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6929 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6930 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6931
6932 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6933 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6934 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6935 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6936
6937 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6938 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6939 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6940 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6941 with a CPLD.
6942 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6943 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6944 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6945 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6946 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6947 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6948
6949 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6950
6951 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6952
6953 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6954 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6955 depending on the chips on your board.
6956 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6957 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
6958 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
6959
6960 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
6961
6962 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
6963 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
6964 tedious, it is not always practical.
6965
6966 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
6967 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
6968 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
6969 this way.
6970
6971 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
6972 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
6973 clock rate.
6974 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
6975 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
6976 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6977
6978 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
6979
6980 @example
6981 # Example: 1.234MHz
6982 jtag_khz 1234
6983 @end example
6984
6985
6986 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
6987
6988 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
6989 around Windows filenames.
6990
6991 @example
6992 > echo \a
6993
6994 > echo @{\a@}
6995 \a
6996 > echo "\a"
6997
6998 >
6999 @end example
7000
7001
7002 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7003
7004 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7005 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7006 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7007
7008 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7009 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7010 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7011
7012 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7013 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7014 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7015
7016 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7017
7018 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7019 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7020 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7021 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7022
7023 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7024 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7025 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7026
7027 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7028 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7029
7030 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7031 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7032 memory read caused data abort".
7033
7034 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7035 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7036 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7037 be done, feel free to add this here.
7038
7039 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7040 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7041 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7042 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7043 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7044 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7045 gracefully stops.
7046
7047 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7048 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7049 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7050
7051 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7052 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7053 bytes. Painful...
7054
7055
7056 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7057 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7058
7059 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7060 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7061 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7062 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7063 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7064 reset, everything else should work fine.
7065
7066 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7067 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7068 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7069 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7070
7071 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7072 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7073 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7074 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7075
7076 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7077
7078 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7079 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7080 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7081 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7082
7083 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7084 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7085 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7086 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7087
7088 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7089 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7090 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7091
7092 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7093 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7094
7095 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7096 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7097 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7098 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7099 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7100 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7101 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7102 clock frequency?
7103
7104 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7105 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7106 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7107 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7108 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7109
7110 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7111
7112 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7113 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7114 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7115 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7116 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7117 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7118 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7119
7120 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7121
7122 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7123 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7124 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7125 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7126
7127 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7128 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7129 particular order?
7130
7131 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7132 the same order used by the hardware.
7133
7134 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7135 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7136 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7137 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7138 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7139 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7140
7141 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7142 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7143 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7144 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7145
7146 @itemize @bullet
7147 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7148 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7149 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7150 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7151 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7152 @end itemize
7153
7154 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7155
7156 @itemize @bullet
7157 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7158 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7159 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7160 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7161 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7162 @end itemize
7163
7164
7165 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7166 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7167 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7168
7169 TODO.
7170
7171 @end enumerate
7172
7173 @node Tcl Crash Course
7174 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7175 @cindex Tcl
7176
7177 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7178 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7179 how the Tcl scripts work.
7180
7181 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7182 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7183 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7184 OpenOCD.
7185
7186 @section Tcl Rule #1
7187 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7188 @enumerate
7189 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7190 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7191 @end enumerate
7192
7193 The Tcl equal is this:
7194
7195 @enumerate
7196 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7197 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7198 @end enumerate
7199
7200 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7201 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7202
7203 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7204 There is a second pair of rules.
7205 @enumerate
7206 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7207 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7208 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7209 in Tcl.
7210 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7211 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7212 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7213 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7214 @end enumerate
7215
7216 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7217 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7218 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7219 Everything is a string}
7220
7221 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7222 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7223 difference is subtle.
7224 @enumerate
7225 @item Parse Time
7226 @item Evaluation Time
7227 @end enumerate
7228
7229 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7230 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7231 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7232
7233 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7234 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7235 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7236 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7237
7238 @itemize @bullet
7239 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7240 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7241 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7242 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7243 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7244 @example
7245 # bash example
7246 X=`date`
7247 echo "The Date is: $X"
7248 # Tcl example
7249 set X [date]
7250 puts "The Date is: $X"
7251 @end example
7252 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7253 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7254 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7255 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7256 is a string}
7257 @example
7258 set x "Dinner"
7259 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7260 @end example
7261 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7262 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7263 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7264 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7265 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7266 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7267 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7268 @end itemize
7269
7270 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7271
7272 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7273
7274 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7275
7276 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7277 the normal way.
7278
7279 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7280 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7281 line is immedatly executed.
7282
7283 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7284 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7285
7286 @subsection Command Execution
7287
7288 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7289 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7290 control flow operators.
7291
7292 Commands are executed like this:
7293
7294 @enumerate
7295 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7296 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7297 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7298 @end enumerate
7299
7300 It sort of works like this:
7301 @example
7302 for(;;)@{
7303 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7304
7305 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7306
7307 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7308 @}
7309 @end example
7310
7311 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7312 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7313 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7314 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7315 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7316 ``LookupCommand()''
7317
7318 @subsection The FOR command
7319
7320 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7321 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7322 command just like any other command.
7323
7324 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7325 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7326 are:
7327
7328 @enumerate 0
7329 @item The ascii text 'for'
7330 @item The start text
7331 @item The test expression
7332 @item The next text
7333 @item The body text
7334 @end enumerate
7335
7336 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7337 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7338 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7339 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7340
7341 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7342 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7343
7344 @example
7345 int
7346 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7347 int *argc,
7348 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7349 @end example
7350
7351 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7352 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7353 still operates in the same basic way.
7354
7355 @subsection FOR command implementation
7356
7357 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7358 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7359
7360 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7361
7362 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7363
7364 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7365 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7366 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7367
7368 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7369 expression and returns a value.
7370
7371 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7372 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7373 @example
7374 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7375
7376 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7377
7378 int
7379 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7380 int argc,
7381 char **argv )
7382 @{
7383 if( argc != 5 )@{
7384 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7385 return ERROR;
7386 @}
7387
7388 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7389
7390 // Execute the start statement.
7391 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7392
7393 // Top of loop test
7394 for(;;)@{
7395 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7396 if( i == 0 )
7397 break;
7398
7399 // Execute the body
7400 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7401
7402 // Execute the LOOP part
7403 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7404 @}
7405
7406 // Return no error
7407 SetResult( interp, "" );
7408 return SUCCESS;
7409 @}
7410 @end example
7411
7412 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7413 in the same basic way.
7414
7415 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7416
7417 @subsection source and find commands
7418 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7419 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7420 @*Remember the parsing rules
7421 @enumerate
7422 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7423 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7424 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7425 substituted on the orginal command line.
7426 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7427 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7428 @end enumerate
7429 @subsection format command
7430 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7431 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7432 @b{sprintf()}.
7433 @b{Example}
7434 @example
7435 set x 6
7436 set y 7
7437 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7438 @end example
7439 @enumerate
7440 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7441 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7442 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7443 @* Refer to Rule #1
7444 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7445 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7446 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7447 @end enumerate
7448 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7449 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7450 @example
7451 #1 Good
7452 proc someproc @{@} @{
7453 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7454 @}
7455 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7456 #2 Good - no variables
7457 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7458 #3 Good Curly Braces
7459 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7460 puts "Time: [date]"
7461 @}
7462 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7463 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7464 @end example
7465 @enumerate
7466 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7467 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7468 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7469 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7470 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7471 command.
7472 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7473 @*There are 4 examples:
7474 @enumerate
7475 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7476 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7477 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7478 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7479 @end enumerate
7480
7481 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7482 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7483 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7484
7485 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7486 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7487 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7488 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7489 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7490 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7491 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7492 @end enumerate
7493 @subsection Global Variables
7494 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7495 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7496 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7497 @example
7498 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7499 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7500 global x #Global variable X
7501 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7502 @}
7503 @end example
7504 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7505 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7506 @example
7507 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7508 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7509 # Create var name
7510 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7511 # Make it a global
7512 global $vn
7513 # Set it.
7514 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7515 @}
7516 @end example
7517 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7518 @example
7519 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7520 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7521 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7522 @}
7523 @end example
7524
7525 @include fdl.texi
7526
7527 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7528 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7529 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7530 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7531 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7532 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7533
7534 @printindex cp
7535
7536 @node Command and Driver Index
7537 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7538 @printindex fn
7539
7540 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)